blob: 059bc1cae735be296b4a8abdf2a2856ee6a93be4 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000026#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
27#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000041#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000042#include <algorithm>
43#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000044#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000046#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <set>
48#include <utility>
49#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000050
51using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000052using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000053
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000054namespace {
55 class UnqualUsingEntry {
56 const DeclContext *Nominated;
57 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059 public:
60 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
62 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
63 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000064
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000065 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
66 return CommonAncestor;
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
70 return Nominated;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
74 struct Comparator {
75 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
76 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
77 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000078
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000079 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
80 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
84 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
85 }
86 };
87 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000088
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000089 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
90 /// lookup.
91 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000092 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 ListTy list;
95 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000096
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000097 public:
98 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000099
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000100 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000101 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
103 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
104 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000105 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000107
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000108 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000109 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
110 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
111 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000112 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
114 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
115 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000116 Scope::udir_iterator I = S->using_directives_begin(),
117 End = S->using_directives_end();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000118 for (; I != End; ++I)
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000119 visit(*I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000121 }
122 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123
124 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
125 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
126 // declared in the context.
127 //
128 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
129 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
130 // the effective DCs right.
131 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
132 if (!visited.insert(DC))
133 return;
134
135 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
136 }
137
138 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
139 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
140 // were declared in the effective DC.
141 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
142 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
143 if (!visited.insert(NS))
144 return;
145
146 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
147 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
148 }
149
150 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
151 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
152 // the given effective context.
153 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000154 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000155 while (true) {
156 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, End;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000157 for (std::tie(I, End) = DC->getUsingDirectives(); I != End; ++I) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000158 UsingDirectiveDecl *UD = *I;
159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
160 if (visited.insert(NS)) {
161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
200 std::pair<const_iterator,const_iterator>
201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000202 return std::equal_range(begin(), end(), DC->getPrimaryContext(),
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000203 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
204 }
205 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000208// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
209// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000210static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
211 bool CPlusPlus,
212 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000213 unsigned IDNS = 0;
214 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000215 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000216 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000217 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000218 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000219 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000221 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000222 if (Redeclaration)
223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000224 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000225 if (Redeclaration)
226 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000227 break;
228
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000229 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
230 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
231 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
232 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
233 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
234 break;
235
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000236 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000237 if (CPlusPlus) {
238 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
239
240 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
241 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
242 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
243 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
244 // "overload" with tag decls.
245 if (Redeclaration)
246 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
247 } else {
248 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
249 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000250 break;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000251 case Sema::LookupLabel:
252 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
253 break;
254
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000255 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
256 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
257 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000259 break;
260
261 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000262 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
263 break;
264
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000265 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000266 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000268
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000269 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
270 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag
271 | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Using;
272 break;
273
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000274 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
275 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
276 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000277
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000278 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000280 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
281 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
282 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000283 }
284 return IDNS;
285}
286
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000287void LookupResult::configure() {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000288 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000289 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000290
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000291 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
292 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
293 // operators can be found.
294 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
295 case OO_New:
296 case OO_Delete:
297 case OO_Array_New:
298 case OO_Array_Delete:
299 SemaRef.DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
300 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000301
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000302 default:
303 break;
304 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000305
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000306 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
307 // up being declared.
308 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
309 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
310 if (!SemaRef.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
311 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000312 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000313 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000314}
315
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000316bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Daniel Dunbar9e19f132012-03-08 01:43:06 +0000317 // Note that this function is never called by NDEBUG builds. See
318 // LookupResult::sanity().
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000319 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
320 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
321 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
322 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
323 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
324 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
325 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000326 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
327 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000328 assert((Paths != NULL) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
329 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
330 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000331 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000332}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000333
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000334// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000335void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000336 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000337}
338
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000339/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
340/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000341static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000342 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
343 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
344 // those.
345 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
346 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
347 return DC;
348
349 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
350 // declaration must have been found there.
351 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
352}
353
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000354/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000355void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000356 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000357
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000358 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000359 if (N == 0) {
John McCall7fe6e9c2010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000360 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000361 return;
362 }
363
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000364 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
365 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000366 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000367 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
368 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000369 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000370 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000371 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
372 return;
373 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000374
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000375 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000376 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000377
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000378 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000379 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000380
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000381 bool Ambiguous = false;
382 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000383 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000384
385 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000386
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000387 unsigned I = 0;
388 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000389 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
390 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000391
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000392 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
393 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
394 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
395 continue;
396 }
397
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000398 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
399 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
400 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
401 // canonical type.
402 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
403 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
404 QualType T = SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
405 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T))) {
406 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
407 // at this index.
408 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
409 continue;
410 }
411 }
412 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000413
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000414 if (!Unique.insert(D)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000415 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
416 // continue at this index).
417 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000418 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000419 }
420
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000421 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000423 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
424 HasUnresolved = true;
425 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
426 if (HasTag)
427 Ambiguous = true;
428 UniqueTagIndex = I;
429 HasTag = true;
430 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
431 HasFunction = true;
432 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
433 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
434 HasFunction = true;
435 } else {
436 if (HasNonFunction)
437 Ambiguous = true;
438 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000439 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000440 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000442
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000443 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
444 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
445 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
446 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
447 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
448 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
449 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
450 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
451 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000452 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000453 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000454 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
455 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000456 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
457 else
458 Ambiguous = true;
459 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000460
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000461 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000462
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000463 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000464 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000465
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000466 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000467 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000468 else if (HasUnresolved)
469 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000470 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000471 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000472 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000473 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000474}
475
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000476void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000477 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000478 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000479 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
480 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000481 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000482}
483
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000484void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000485 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
486 Paths->swap(P);
487 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
488 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000489 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000490}
491
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000492void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000493 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
494 Paths->swap(P);
495 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
496 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000497 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000498}
499
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000500void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000501 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
502 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
503 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000504
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000505 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
506 Out << "\n";
507 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
508 }
509}
510
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000511/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
512/// fail.
513static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
514 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
515
516 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
517 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
518 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
519 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
520 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
521 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
522 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000523 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
524 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
525 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
526 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
527 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
528 return true;
529 }
530
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000531 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
532 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
533 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
534 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000535 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000536 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
537 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000538
539 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
540 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000541 R.isForRedeclaration(),
542 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000543 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000544 return true;
545 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000546 }
547 }
548 }
549
550 return false;
551}
552
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000553/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
554/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000555static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000556 // We need to have a definition for the class.
557 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
558 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000559
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000560 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000561 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000562}
563
564void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000565 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000566 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000567
568 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000569 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000570 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000571
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000572 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000573 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000574 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000575
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000576 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000577 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000578 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
579
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000580 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000581 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
582 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
583 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
584
585 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
586 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
587 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
588 }
589
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000590 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000591 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000592 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000593}
594
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000595/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000596/// special member function.
597static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
598 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000599 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000600 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
601 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000602
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000603 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
604 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000605
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000606 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000607 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000608 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000609
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000610 return false;
611}
612
613/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
614/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000615static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000616 DeclarationName Name,
617 const DeclContext *DC) {
618 if (!DC)
619 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000620
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000621 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000622 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
623 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000624 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000625 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000626 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000627 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000628 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000629 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000630 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000631 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
632 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000633 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000634 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000635
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000636 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
637 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000638 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000639 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000640 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000641 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000642
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000643 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
644 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
645 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000646
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000647 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000648 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000649 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000650 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000651 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000652 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000653 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
654 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
655 }
656 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000657 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000658
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000659 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000660 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000661 }
662}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000663
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000664// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
665// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000666static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000667 bool Found = false;
668
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000669 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000670 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000671 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000672
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000673 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000674 DeclContext::lookup_const_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
675 for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
676 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000677 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000678 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000679 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000680 Found = true;
681 }
682 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000683
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000684 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
685 return true;
686
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000687 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000688 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
689 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
690 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
691 return Found;
692
693 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000694 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000695 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
696 // context of the use are considered. [...]
697 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000698 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000699 return Found;
700
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000701 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
702 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000703 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
704 if (!ConvTemplate)
705 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000706
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000707 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000708 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
709 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000710 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
711 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
712 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
713 Found = true;
714 continue;
715 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000716
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000717 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000718 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
719 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000720 // name lookup.
721 //
722 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
723 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000724 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000725 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
726 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000727 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000728 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000729
730 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000731 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
732 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000733
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000734 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
735 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
736 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000737 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000738 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +0000739 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000740 EPI.NumExceptions = 0;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000741 QualType ExpectedType
742 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000743 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000744
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000745 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
746 // expect the function to have.
747 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, 0, ExpectedType,
748 Specialization, Info)
749 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
750 R.addDecl(Specialization);
751 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000752 }
753 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000754
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000755 return Found;
756}
757
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000758// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000759static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000760CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000761 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000762
763 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
764
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000765 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000766 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000767
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000768 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
769 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
770 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000771 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000772
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000773 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000774 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UI->getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000775 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000776
777 R.resolveKind();
778
779 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000780}
781
782static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000783 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000784 return Ctx->isFileContext();
785 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000786}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000787
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000788// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
789// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
790// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
791// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
792// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
793// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
794// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
795static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000796 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000797 DeclContext *Lexical = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000798 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000799 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
800 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000801 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000802 break;
803 }
804 }
805
806 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
807 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
808 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
809 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
810 // a member of this namespace.
811 //
812 // Example:
813 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000814 // namespace N {
815 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000816 //
817 // template<class T> class B {
818 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000820 // }
821 //
822 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
823 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
824 // }
825 //
826 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
827 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000828 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000829 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
830 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
831
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000832 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000833 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
834 // template<class C>.
835 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
836 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
837 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
838 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000839
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000840 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
841 // the example, this is namespace N.
842 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
843 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
844 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000845
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000846 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
847 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
848 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
849 // example, this is the global scope.
850 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
851 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
852 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
853
854 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000855}
856
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000857namespace {
858/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
859/// declarations.
860struct FindLocalExternScope {
861 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
862 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
863 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
864 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
865 }
866 void restore() {
867 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
868 }
869 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
870 restore();
871 }
872 LookupResult &R;
873 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
874};
875}
876
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000877bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000878 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000879
880 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000881 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000882
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000883 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
884 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
885 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
886 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000887 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000888 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
889 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000890
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000891 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
892 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
893
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000894 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000896 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
897 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000898
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000899 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000900 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000901 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
902 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
903 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000904 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000906 //
907 // For example:
908 // namespace A { int i; }
909 // void foo() {
910 // int i;
911 // {
912 // using namespace A;
913 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
914 // }
915 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000916 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000917 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
918 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000919 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000920 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000921
922 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
923 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
924
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000925 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000926 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000927
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000928 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000929 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000930 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000931 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000932 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
933 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
934 // out-of-scope.
935 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
936 LeftStartingScope = true;
937
938 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000939 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
940 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
941 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
942 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000943 R.setShadowed();
944 continue;
945 }
946 }
947
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000948 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000949 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000950 }
951 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000952 if (Found) {
953 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000954 if (S->isClassScope())
955 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
956 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000957 return true;
958 }
959
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000960 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000961 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
962 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
963 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
964 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
965 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
966 return false;
967 }
968
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000969 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
970 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
971 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000972 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000973 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
974 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
975 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
976 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
977 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
978 }
979
980 if (Ctx) {
981 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
982 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000983 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000984 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
985 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
986
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000987 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000988 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
989 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
990 // non-transparent context.
991 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000992 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000993
994 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
995 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
996 // function/method are present within the Scope.
997 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
998 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
999 // in the corresponding interface.
1000 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1001 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1002 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1003 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1004 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001005 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001006 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001007 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1008 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001009 R.resolveKind();
1010 return true;
1011 }
1012 }
1013 }
1014 }
1015
1016 continue;
1017 }
1018
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001019 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1020 // lookup considering using directives.
1021 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001022 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1023 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1024 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001025 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1026 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1027 continue;
1028
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001029 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001030 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001031
1032 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1033 // from local scopes.
1034 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1035 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1036 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1037 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1038 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1039
1040 UDirs.done();
1041
1042 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1043 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001044
1045 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1046 R.resolveKind();
1047 return true;
1048 }
1049
1050 continue;
1051 }
1052
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001053 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1054 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1055 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1056 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1057 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1058 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001059 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001060 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001061 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001062 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001063 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001064
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001065 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1066 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1067 if (!S) return false;
1068
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001069 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001070 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001071 return false;
1072
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001073 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001074 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001075 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001076 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1077 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001078 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1079 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1080 UDirs.done();
1081 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001082
1083 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1084 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1085 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1086 FindLocals.restore();
1087
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001088 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001089 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1090 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1091 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1092 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001093 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001094 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001095 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001096 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001097 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1098 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1099 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1100 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001101 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001102 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001103 }
1104 }
1105
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001106 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001107 R.resolveKind();
1108 return true;
1109 }
1110
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001111 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001112 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1113 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1114 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001115 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001116 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1117 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1118 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1119 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
1120 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
1121 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001122
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001123 if (Ctx) {
1124 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1125 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001126 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001127 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1128 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1129
1130 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1131 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1132 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1133 // non-transparent context.
1134 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1135 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001136
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001137 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1138 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1139 // look into that context.
1140 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1141 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1142 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001143
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001144 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1145 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1146 Found = true;
1147 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001148
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001149 if (Found) {
1150 R.resolveKind();
1151 return true;
1152 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001153
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001154 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1155 return false;
1156 }
1157 }
1158
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001159 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001160 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001161 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001162
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001163 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001164}
1165
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001166/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1167/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1168static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1169 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1170}
1171
1172/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
1173static Module *getDefiningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1174 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1175 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1176 // the module containing the pattern.
1177 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1178 Entity = Pattern;
1179 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
1180 // If it's a class template specialization, find the template or partial
1181 // specialization from which it was instantiated.
1182 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecRD =
1183 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
1184 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*,
1185 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> From =
1186 SpecRD->getInstantiatedFrom();
1187 if (ClassTemplateDecl *FromTemplate = From.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>())
1188 Entity = FromTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1189 else if (From)
1190 Entity = From.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*>();
1191 // Otherwise, it's an explicit specialization.
1192 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo =
1193 RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1194 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(RD, MSInfo);
1195 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1196 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1197 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1198 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1199 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1200 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1201 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1202 }
1203
1204 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1205 // from a template.
1206 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1207 if (Context->isFileContext())
1208 return Entity->getOwningModule();
1209 return getDefiningModule(cast<Decl>(Context));
1210}
1211
1212llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1213 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1214 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1215 I != N; ++I) {
1216 Module *M = getDefiningModule(ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
1217 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
1218 M = 0;
1219 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1220 }
1221 return LookupModulesCache;
1222}
1223
1224/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1225///
1226/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1227/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1228/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1229/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1230/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1231/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1232bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1233 assert(D->isHidden() && !SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1234 "should not call this: not in slow case");
1235 Module *DeclModule = D->getOwningModule();
1236 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1237
1238 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1239 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1240 if (LookupModules.empty())
1241 return false;
1242
1243 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1244 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1245 return true;
1246
1247 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1248 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1249 return false;
1250
1251 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1252 // the lookup set.
1253 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1254 E = LookupModules.end();
1255 I != E; ++I)
1256 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1257 return true;
1258 return false;
1259}
1260
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001261/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1262///
1263/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1264/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1265/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001266///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001267/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1268/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001269static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1270 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001271
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001272 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1273 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001274 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001275 return ND;
1276 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001277 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001278
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001279 return 0;
1280}
1281
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001282NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
1283 return findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, D);
1284}
1285
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001286/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1287/// scope.
1288///
1289/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1290/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1291/// @code
1292/// int x;
1293/// int f() {
1294/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1295/// }
1296/// @endcode
1297///
1298/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1299/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1300/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1301/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1302/// class LookupCriteria.
1303///
1304/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1305/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1306/// in the parent scopes.
1307///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001308/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1309/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1310/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1311/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001312///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001313/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001314bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1315 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001316 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001317
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001318 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1319
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001320 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001321 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1322 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001323 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001324 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1325 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001326 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001327 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001328 }
1329
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001330 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1331 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1332
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001333 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1334 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1335 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1336 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001337 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1338
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001339 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001340 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001341 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001342 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001343 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1344 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1345 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001346 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001347 LeftStartingScope = true;
1348
1349 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1350 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001351 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1352 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001353 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001354 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001355 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001356 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1357 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1358 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001359
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001360 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001361
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001362 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1363 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001364 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001365 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1366 // actually exists in a Scope).
1367 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1368 S = S->getParent();
1369
1370 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1371 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1372 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1373 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
1374 S = 0;
1375
1376 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
1377 DeclContext *DC = 0;
1378 if (!S)
1379 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1380
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001381 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1382 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001383 if (S) {
1384 // Match based on scope.
1385 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1386 break;
1387 } else {
1388 // Match based on DeclContext.
1389 DeclContext *LastDC
1390 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1391 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1392 break;
1393 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001394
1395 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1396 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1397 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001398 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001399
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001400 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001401 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001402
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001403 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001404 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001405 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001406 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001407 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001408 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001409 }
1410
1411 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1412 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1413 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001414 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1415 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001416
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001417 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1418 // may be able to handle the situation.
1419 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1420 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1421 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001422}
1423
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001424/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1425/// using directives by the given context.
1426///
1427/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001428/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001429/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1430/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1431/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1432/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1433/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1434/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1435/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1436/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1437/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1438/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1439/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1440/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001441///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001442/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1443/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1444/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1445/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1446/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1447/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1448/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1449/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1450/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001451static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001452 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001453 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1454
1455 DeclContext::udir_iterator I = StartDC->using_directives_begin();
1456 DeclContext::udir_iterator E = StartDC->using_directives_end();
1457
1458 if (I == E) return false;
1459
1460 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001461 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001462 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1463
1464 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1465 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001466 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001467
1468 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1469 // with its using-children.
1470 for (; I != E; ++I) {
John McCallb8be78b2009-11-10 09:25:37 +00001471 NamespaceDecl *ND = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001472 if (Visited.insert(ND))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001473 Queue.push_back(ND);
1474 }
1475
1476 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1477 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1478 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1479 // a tag.
1480 bool FoundTag = false;
1481 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1482
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001483 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001484
1485 bool Found = false;
1486 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001487 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001488
1489 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1490 // between LookupResults.
1491 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001492 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001493 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001494
1495 if (FoundDirect) {
1496 // First do any local hiding.
1497 DirectR.resolveKind();
1498
1499 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1500 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1501 FoundTag = true;
1502 else
1503 FoundNonTag = true;
1504
1505 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1506 if (UseLocal) {
1507 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1508 LocalR.clear();
1509 }
1510 }
1511
1512 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1513 if (FoundDirect) {
1514 Found = true;
1515 continue;
1516 }
1517
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001518 for (std::tie(I, E) = ND->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001519 NamespaceDecl *Nom = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001520 if (Visited.insert(Nom))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001521 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1522 }
1523 }
1524
1525 if (Found) {
1526 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1527 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1528 else
1529 R.resolveKind();
1530 }
1531
1532 return Found;
1533}
1534
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001535/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001536static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001537 CXXBasePath &Path,
1538 void *Name) {
1539 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001540
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001541 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1542 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001543 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001544}
1545
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001546/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001547/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1548template<typename InputIterator>
1549static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1550 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1551 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1552 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001553
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001554 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1555 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1556 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1557 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1558 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001559
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001560 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1561 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1562 break;
1563 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001564
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001565 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1566 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1567 break;
1568 }
1569 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001570
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001571 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1572 return true;
1573 }
1574
1575 return false;
1576}
1577
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001578/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001579///
1580/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1581/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001582/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001583///
1584/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1585/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1586/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1587/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1588/// class LookupCriteria.
1589///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001590/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1591///
1592/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001593/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1594/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1595///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001596/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001597/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001598///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001599/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1600bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1601 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001602 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001603
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001604 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001605 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001606
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001607 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1608 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1609 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001610 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001611 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001612 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001613
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001614 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001615 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001616 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001617 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1618 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001619 return true;
1620 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001621
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001622 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1623 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1624 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1625 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1626 // for the namespace member has the form
1627 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1628 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1629 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1630 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001631 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001632 return false;
1633
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001634 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001635 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001636 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001637
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001638 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001639 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001640 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001641 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001642 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001643
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001644 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1645 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001646 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001647 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1648 // or we have to fail.
1649 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1650 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1651 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1652 return false;
1653 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001654
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001655 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001656 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1657 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001658
1659 // Look for this member in our base classes
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001660 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = 0;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001661 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001662 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001663 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1664 case LookupMemberName:
1665 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001666 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001667 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1668 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001669
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001670 case LookupTagName:
1671 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1672 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001673
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001674 case LookupAnyName:
1675 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1676 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001677
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001678 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1679 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001680
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001681 case LookupOperatorName:
1682 case LookupNamespaceName:
1683 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001684 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001685 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001686 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001687
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001688 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1689 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1690 break;
1691 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001692
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001693 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1694 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001695 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001696
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001697 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1698
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001699 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1700 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1701 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1702 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1703 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1704 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001705 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001706 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001707 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001708
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001709 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001710 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001711 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001712
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001713 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1714 // across all paths.
1715 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001716
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001717 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1718 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001719 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001720 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1721 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001722 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001723 }
1724
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001725 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001726 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1727 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001728 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
1729 // this lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001730 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001731 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001732 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1733 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001734
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001735 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1736 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001737 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1738 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1739 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001740
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001741 ++FirstD;
1742 ++CurrentD;
1743 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001744
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001745 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1746 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001747 continue;
1748 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001749
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001750 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1751 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001752 }
1753
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001754 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001755 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1756
1757 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1758 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1759 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001760 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001761 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001762 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001763
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001764 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1765 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001766 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1767 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001768 }
1769 }
1770
1771 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1772
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001773 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = Paths.front().Decls;
1774 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001775 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1776 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1777 D->getAccess());
1778 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1779 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001780 R.resolveKind();
1781 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001782}
1783
1784/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1785/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1786///
1787/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1788/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1789/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1790/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
1791/// respectively) on the given name and return those results.
1792///
1793/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1794/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001795///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001796/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001797///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001798/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1799/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1800///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001801/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001802bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001803 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001804 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1805 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001806 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001807 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001808 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001809
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001810 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1811 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001813 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001814 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001815 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001816
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001817 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001818 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001819 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001820
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001821 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001822 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001823 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001824 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1825 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001826 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001827 }
1828
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001829 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001830 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001831}
1832
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001833
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001834/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001835/// from name lookup.
1836///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001837/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001838void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001839 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1840
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001841 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1842 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1843 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1844
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001845 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1846 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1847 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1848 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1849 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1850 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1851 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001852
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001853 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001854 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1855 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
1856 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001857
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001858 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001859 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001860 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001861
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001862 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001863 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
1864 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001865
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001866 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001867 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001868 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
1869 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001870 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001871 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001872 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
1873 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
1874 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001875 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001876 }
1877
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001878 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
1879 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00001880
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001881 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
1882
1883 LookupResult::iterator DI, DE = Result.end();
1884 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1885 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(*DI)) {
1886 TagDecls.insert(TD);
1887 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
1888 }
1889
1890 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1891 if (!isa<TagDecl>(*DI))
1892 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
1893
1894 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001895 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
1896 while (F.hasNext()) {
1897 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
1898 F.erase();
1899 }
1900 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001901 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001902 }
1903
1904 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
1905 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001906
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001907 LookupResult::iterator DI = Result.begin(), DE = Result.end();
1908 for (; DI != DE; ++DI)
1909 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << *DI;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001910 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001911 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001912 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001913}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001914
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001915namespace {
1916 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001917 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001918 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1919 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001920 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
1921 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001922 }
1923
1924 Sema &S;
1925 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
1926 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001927 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001928 };
1929}
1930
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001931static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001932addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001933
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001934static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1935 DeclContext *Ctx) {
1936 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
1937
1938 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
1939 // be a locally scoped record.
1940
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00001941 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
1942 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
1943 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
1944 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
1945 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001946 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
1947
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001948 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001949 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001950}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001951
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001953// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001955addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1956 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001957 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001959 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
1960 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1961 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001963 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1964 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
1965 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
1966 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001967 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001968 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001970 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001971 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
1973 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001974 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001975 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001976 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001977 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001978 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
1979 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001980 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001981 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001982 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001983 }
1984 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001985 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001986
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001987 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001988 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1989 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00001990 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001992 // associated namespaces. ]
1993 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001994
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001995 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
1996 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = Arg.pack_begin(),
1997 PEnd = Arg.pack_end();
1998 P != PEnd; ++P)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001999 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, *P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002000 break;
2001 }
2002}
2003
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002004// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002005// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2006// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2007static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002008addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2009 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2010
2011 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2012 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2013 return;
2014
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002015 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2016 // [...]
2017 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2018 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2019 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2020 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002022
2023 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2024 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2025 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002026 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002027 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002028 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002030 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2031 // need to visit base classes.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002032 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002033 return;
2034
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2036 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002037 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002039 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002040 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2041 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2042 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002043 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002044 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002045 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2046 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2047 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002048 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002049 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002050 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002051
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002052 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2053 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002054 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002055 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002056
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002057 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
2058 if (!Class->hasDefinition()) {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002059 QualType type = Result.S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Class);
2060 if (Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, type,
2061 /*no diagnostic*/ 0))
2062 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002063 }
2064
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002065 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2066 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002067 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002068 Bases.push_back(Class);
2069 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2070 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002071 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002072
2073 // Visit the base classes.
2074 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = Class->bases_begin(),
2075 BaseEnd = Class->bases_end();
2076 Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002077 const RecordType *BaseType = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002078 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2079 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2080 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2081 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2082 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2083 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2084 if (!BaseType)
2085 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002086 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002087 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002088 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2089 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002090 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002091
2092 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2093 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2094 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2095 }
2096 }
2097 }
2098}
2099
2100// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2101// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2103static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002104addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002105 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2106 //
2107 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2108 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2109 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2110 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2111 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2112 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2113 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2114 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002115
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002116 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002117 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2118
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002119 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002120 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2121
2122#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2123#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2124#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2125#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2126#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2127#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2128 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2129 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2130 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2131 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2132 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002133 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002134
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002135 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2136 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2137 case Type::Pointer:
2138 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2139 continue;
2140 case Type::ConstantArray:
2141 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2142 case Type::VariableArray:
2143 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2144 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002145
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002146 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2147 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2148 case Type::Builtin:
2149 break;
2150
2151 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2152 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2153 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2154 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2155 // which its associated classes are defined.
2156 case Type::Record: {
2157 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2158 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002159 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002160 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002161 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002162
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002163 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2164 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002165 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002166 // it has no associated class.
2167 case Type::Enum: {
2168 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002169
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002170 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2171 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002172 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002173
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002174 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002175 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002176
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002177 break;
2178 }
2179
2180 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2181 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2182 // types and those associated with the return type.
2183 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2184 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002185 for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator
2186 Arg = Proto->param_type_begin(),
2187 ArgEnd = Proto->param_type_end();
2188 Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg)
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002189 Queue.push_back(Arg->getTypePtr());
2190 // fallthrough
2191 }
2192 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2193 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002194 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002195 continue;
2196 }
2197
2198 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2199 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2200 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2201 // together with those associated with X.
2202 //
2203 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2204 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2205 // with the member type together with those associated with
2206 // X.
2207 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2208 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2209
2210 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2211 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2212
2213 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2214 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2215 continue;
2216 }
2217
2218 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2219 case Type::BlockPointer:
2220 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2221 continue;
2222
2223 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2224 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2225 case Type::LValueReference:
2226 case Type::RValueReference:
2227 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2228 continue;
2229
2230 // These are fundamental types.
2231 case Type::Vector:
2232 case Type::ExtVector:
2233 case Type::Complex:
2234 break;
2235
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002236 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2237 case Type::Auto:
2238 break;
2239
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002240 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2241 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2242 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002243 case Type::ObjCObject:
2244 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2245 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002246 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002247 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002248
2249 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2250 // contained type.
2251 case Type::Atomic:
2252 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2253 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002254 }
2255
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002256 if (Queue.empty())
2257 break;
2258 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002259 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002260}
2261
2262/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2263/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2264/// arguments.
2265///
2266/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002268/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002269void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2270 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2271 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2272 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002273 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2274 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2275
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002276 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2277 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002278
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002279 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2280 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2281 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2282 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2283 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2284 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002285 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002286 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002287 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2288
2289 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002290 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002291 continue;
2292 }
2293
2294 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2295 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2296 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2297 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2298 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2299 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2300 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002301 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002302 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002303 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002304 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002306 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2307 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002308
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002309 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end();
2310 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002311 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002312 FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002313
2314 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2315 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002316 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002317 }
2318 }
2319}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002320
2321/// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is
2322/// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose
2323/// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine
2324/// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning
2325/// enumeration types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326static bool
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002327IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn,
2328 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2329 ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002330 if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType()))
2331 return true;
2332
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002333 if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType()))
2334 return true;
2335
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002336 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002337 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1)
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002338 return false;
2339
2340 if (T1->isEnumeralType()) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002341 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002342 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType))
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002343 return true;
2344 }
2345
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002346 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2)
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002347 return false;
2348
2349 if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002350 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002351 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType))
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002352 return true;
2353 }
2354
2355 return false;
2356}
2357
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002358NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002359 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002360 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2361 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002362 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002363 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002364 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002365}
2366
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002367/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002368ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002369 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2370 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002371 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002372 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002373 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2374}
2375
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002376void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002378 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002379 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2380 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2381 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2382 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2383 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
2384 // functions are ignored. However, if no operand has a class
2385 // type, only those non-member functions in the lookup set
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002386 // that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to
2387 // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002388 // type, or (if there is a right operand) a second parameter
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002389 // of type T2 or "reference to (possibly cv-qualified) T2",
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002390 // when T2 is an enumeration type, are candidate functions.
2391 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002392 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2393 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002394
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002395 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
2396
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002397 if (Operators.empty())
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002398 return;
2399
2400 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Operators.begin(), OpEnd = Operators.end();
2401 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002402 NamedDecl *Found = (*Op)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2403 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002404 if (IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FD, T1, T2, Context))
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002405 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess()); // FIXME: canonical FD
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002406 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002407 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002408 // FIXME: friend operators?
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409 // FIXME: do we need to check IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002410 // later?
2411 if (!FunTmpl->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002412 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess());
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002413 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002414 }
2415}
2416
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002417Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002418 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2419 bool ConstArg,
2420 bool VolatileArg,
2421 bool RValueThis,
2422 bool ConstThis,
2423 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002424 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002425 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002426 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002427 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2428 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2429 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2430 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2431 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2432 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2433
2434 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002435 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002436 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2437 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2438 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2439 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2440 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2441 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2442
2443 void *InsertPoint;
2444 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2445 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2446
2447 // This was already cached
2448 if (Result)
2449 return Result;
2450
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002451 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2452 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002453 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2454
2455 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002456 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002457 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2458 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002459 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2460 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002461 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2462 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002463 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002464 return Result;
2465 }
2466
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002467 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2468 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002469 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002470 DeclarationName Name;
2471 Expr *Arg = 0;
2472 unsigned NumArgs;
2473
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002474 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2475 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2476
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002477 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2478 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2479 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002480 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2481 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002482 } else {
2483 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2484 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002485 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002486 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002487 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002488 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002489 } else {
2490 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002491 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002492 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002494 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002495 }
2496
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002497 if (ConstArg)
2498 ArgType.addConst();
2499 if (VolatileArg)
2500 ArgType.addVolatile();
2501
2502 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2503 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2504 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2505 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2506 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2507 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2508 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002509 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002510 VK = VK_LValue;
2511 else
2512 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002513 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002514
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002515 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2516
2517 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002518 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002519 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002520 }
2521
2522 // Create the object argument
2523 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2524 if (ConstThis)
2525 ThisTy.addConst();
2526 if (VolatileThis)
2527 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002528 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002529 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2530 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002531
2532 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2533 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2534 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Nick Lewycky56412332014-01-11 02:37:12 +00002535 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation());
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002536 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002537 assert(!R.empty() &&
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002538 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002539
2540 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2541 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2542 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2543
2544 for (SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *>::iterator I = Candidates.begin(),
Richard Smithd55889a2013-09-09 16:55:27 +00002545 E = Candidates.end();
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002546 I != E; ++I) {
2547 NamedDecl *Cand = *I;
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002548
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002549 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002550 continue;
2551
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002552 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2553 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2554 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2555 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2556 // either.
2557 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2558
2559 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2560 continue;
2561 }
2562
2563 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002564 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002565 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002566 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2567 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002568 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002569 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2570 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002571 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002572 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002573 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2574 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002575 RD, 0, ThisTy, Classification,
2576 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002577 OCS, true);
2578 else
2579 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002580 0, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2581 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002582 } else {
2583 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002584 }
2585 }
2586
2587 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2588 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2589 case OR_Success:
2590 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002591 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002592 break;
2593
2594 case OR_Deleted:
2595 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002596 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002597 break;
2598
2599 case OR_Ambiguous:
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002600 Result->setMethod(0);
2601 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2602 break;
2603
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002604 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2605 Result->setMethod(0);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002606 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002607 break;
2608 }
2609
2610 return Result;
2611}
2612
2613/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2614CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002615 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002616 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2617 false, false);
2618
2619 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002620}
2621
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002622/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2623CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002624 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002625 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2626 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2627 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2628 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2629 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2630
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002631 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2632}
2633
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002634/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002635CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2636 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002637 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002638 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2639 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002640
2641 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2642}
2643
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002644/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2645DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002646 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002647 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002648 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002649 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002650 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002651 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002653 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002654 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002655
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002656 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2657 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2658 return Class->lookup(Name);
2659}
2660
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002661/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2662CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2663 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002664 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002665 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2666 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2667 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2668 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2669 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2670 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2671 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2672 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2673 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2674
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002675 return Result->getMethod();
2676}
2677
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002678/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2679CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002680 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002681 bool RValueThis,
2682 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2683 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2684 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2685 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002686 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2687 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002688 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2689 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2690
2691 return Result->getMethod();
2692}
2693
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002694/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2695///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002696/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2697/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002698///
2699/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2700CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002701 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2702 false, false, false,
2703 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002704}
2705
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002706/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2707/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2708///
2709/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2710/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2711/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2712Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2713Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2714 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002715 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2716 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002717 LookupName(R, S);
2718 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2719 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2720
2721 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2722 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2723
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002724 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002725 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2726 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002727 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2728
2729 while (F.hasNext()) {
2730 Decl *D = F.next();
2731 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2732 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2733
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002734 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2735 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2736 F.erase();
2737 continue;
2738 }
2739
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002740 bool IsRaw = false;
2741 bool IsTemplate = false;
2742 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2743 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2744
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002745 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2746 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2747 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2748 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002749 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002750 IsExactMatch = true;
2751 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2752 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2753 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2754 IsExactMatch = false;
2755 break;
2756 }
2757 }
2758 }
2759 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002760 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2761 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2762 if (Params->size() == 1)
2763 IsTemplate = true;
2764 else
2765 IsStringTemplate = true;
2766 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002767
2768 if (IsExactMatch) {
2769 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002770 AllowRaw = false;
2771 AllowTemplate = false;
2772 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2773 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002774 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2775 // already found.
2776 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002777 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002778 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002779 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2780 FoundRaw = true;
2781 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2782 FoundTemplate = true;
2783 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2784 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002785 } else {
2786 F.erase();
2787 }
2788 }
2789
2790 F.done();
2791
2792 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2793 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2794 // or literal operator template.
2795 if (FoundExactMatch)
2796 return LOLR_Cooked;
2797
2798 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2799 // operator template, but not both.
2800 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2801 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002802 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2803 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002804 return LOLR_Error;
2805 }
2806
2807 if (FoundRaw)
2808 return LOLR_Raw;
2809
2810 if (FoundTemplate)
2811 return LOLR_Template;
2812
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002813 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2814 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2815
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002816 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2817 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2818 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002819 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2820 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002821 return LOLR_Error;
2822}
2823
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002824void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2825 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2826
2827 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2828 // was exactly this one, we're done.
2829 if (Old == 0 || Old == New) {
2830 Old = New;
2831 return;
2832 }
2833
2834 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002835 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2836 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002837
2838 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2839 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002840 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002841
2842 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2843 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2844 if (!Cursor) return;
2845
2846 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2847 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2848
2849 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2850 }
2851
2852 Old = New;
2853}
2854
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002855void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002856 SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
Richard Smithb6626742012-10-18 17:56:02 +00002857 ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002858 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2859 // arguments we have.
2860 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2861 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002862 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002863 AssociatedNamespaces,
2864 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002865
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002866 QualType T1, T2;
2867 if (Operator) {
2868 T1 = Args[0]->getType();
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002869 if (Args.size() >= 2)
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002870 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2871 }
2872
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002873 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002874 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2875 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2876 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2877 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2878 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2879 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2880 // is the union of X and Y.
2881 //
2882 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2883 // candidate set.
2884 for (AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator NS = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002885 NSEnd = AssociatedNamespaces.end();
2886 NS != NSEnd; ++NS) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002887 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2888 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2889 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2890 //
2891 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2892 // ignored.
2893 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002894 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002895 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2896 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2897 // lookup (11.4).
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002898 DeclContext::lookup_result R = (*NS)->lookup(Name);
2899 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
2900 ++I) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002901 NamedDecl *D = *I;
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002902 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2903 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002904 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2905 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2906 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2907 continue;
2908
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002909 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2910 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2911 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2912 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2913 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2914 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2915 break;
2916 }
2917 }
2918 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002919 continue;
2920 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002921
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002922 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2923 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002924
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002925 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2926 if (Operator &&
2927 !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(cast<FunctionDecl>(D),
2928 T1, T2, Context))
2929 continue;
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002930 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2931 continue;
2932
2933 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002934 }
2935 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002936}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002937
2938//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2939// Search for all visible declarations.
2940//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2941VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
2942
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00002943bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
2944
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002945namespace {
2946
2947class ShadowContextRAII;
2948
2949class VisibleDeclsRecord {
2950public:
2951 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
2952 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
2953 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002954 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002955
2956private:
2957 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
2958 /// this name within a particular scope.
2959 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
2960
2961 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
2962 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
2963
2964 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
2965 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
2966
2967 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
2968
2969public:
2970 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
2971 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
2972 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2973 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx);
2974 }
2975
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002976 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2977 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
2978 }
2979
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002980 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
2981 /// current scope.
2982 ///
2983 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
2984 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
2985 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
2986
2987 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002988 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
2989 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
2990 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002991};
2992
2993/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
2994class ShadowContextRAII {
2995 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
2996
2997 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
2998
2999public:
3000 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
3001 Visible.ShadowMaps.push_back(ShadowMap());
3002 }
3003
3004 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003005 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3006 }
3007};
3008
3009} // end anonymous namespace
3010
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003011NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003012 // Look through using declarations.
3013 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003014
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003015 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3016 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3017 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3018 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3019 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3020 if (Pos == SM->end())
3021 continue;
3022
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003023 for (ShadowMapEntry::iterator I = Pos->second.begin(),
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003024 IEnd = Pos->second.end();
3025 I != IEnd; ++I) {
3026 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +00003027 if ((*I)->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003028 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003029 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3030 continue;
3031
3032 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
3033 if ((((*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
3034 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
3035 (*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
3036 continue;
3037
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003038 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3039 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3040 // signatures!
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003041 if ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
3042 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003043 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003044 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003045
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003046 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
3047 return *I;
3048 }
3049 }
3050
3051 return 0;
3052}
3053
3054static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3055 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003056 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003057 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3058 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003059 if (!Ctx)
3060 return;
3061
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003062 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3063 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3064 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003065
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003066 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3067 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3068
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003069 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +00003070 for (DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator L = Ctx->lookups_begin(),
3071 LEnd = Ctx->lookups_end();
3072 L != LEnd; ++L) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00003073 DeclContext::lookup_result R = *L;
3074 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
3075 ++I) {
3076 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003077 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003078 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003079 Visited.add(ND);
3080 }
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003081 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003082 }
3083 }
3084
3085 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3086 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3087 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3088 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, E;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00003089 for (std::tie(I, E) = Ctx->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003090 LookupVisibleDecls((*I)->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003091 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003092 }
3093 }
3094
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003095 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003096 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003097 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3098 return;
3099
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003100 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator B = Record->bases_begin(),
3101 BEnd = Record->bases_end();
3102 B != BEnd; ++B) {
3103 QualType BaseType = B->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003104
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003105 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3106 // there anyway.
3107 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3108 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003109
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003110 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3111 if (!Record)
3112 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003113
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003114 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3115 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3116 //
3117 // struct A { int member; };
3118 // struct B { int member; };
3119 // struct C : A, B { };
3120 //
3121 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3122 //
3123 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3124 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3125 // class, e.g.,
3126 //
3127 // c->B::member
3128 //
3129 // or
3130 //
3131 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003132
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003133 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3134 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3135 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003136 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003137 }
3138 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003139
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003140 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3141 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3142 // Traverse categories.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003143 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
3144 Cat = IFace->visible_categories_begin(),
3145 CatEnd = IFace->visible_categories_end();
3146 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003147 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003148 LookupVisibleDecls(*Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003149 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003150 }
3151
3152 // Traverse protocols.
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00003153 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator
3154 I = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
3155 E = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003156 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003157 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003158 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003159 }
3160
3161 // Traverse the superclass.
3162 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3163 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3164 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003165 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003166 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003167
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003168 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3169 // synthesized ivars.
3170 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3171 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003172 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003173 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003174 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003175 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
3176 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = Protocol->protocol_begin(),
3177 E = Protocol->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3178 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003179 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003180 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003181 }
3182 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
3183 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = Category->protocol_begin(),
3184 E = Category->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3185 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003186 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003187 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003188 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003189
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003190 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3191 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3192 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003193 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003194 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003195 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003196 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003197}
3198
3199static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3200 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3201 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3202 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3203 if (!S)
3204 return;
3205
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003206 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3207 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003208 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3209 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003210 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003211 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
3212 for (Scope::decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end();
3213 D != DEnd; ++D) {
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00003214 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003215 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003216 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), 0, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003217 Visited.add(ND);
3218 }
3219 }
3220 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003221
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003222 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003223 DeclContext *Entity = 0;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003224 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003225 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3226 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3227 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003228 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003229 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003230
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003231 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003232 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003233 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3234 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3235 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3236 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3237 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003238 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003239 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003240 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003241 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003242 }
3243
3244 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3245 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3246 // outer scope.
3247 break;
3248 }
3249
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003250 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3251 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003252
3253 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003254 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003255 }
3256 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3257 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3258 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3259 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3260 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3261 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3262 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003263 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003264 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003265 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003266 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003267 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003268 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003269 }
3270
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003271 if (Entity) {
3272 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3273 // directives.
3274 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00003275 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003276 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
3277 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UI->getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003278 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003279 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003280 }
3281
3282 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3283 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3284 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3285}
3286
3287void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003288 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3289 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003290 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3291 // unqualified name lookup.
3292 Scope *Initial = S;
3293 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003294 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003295 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3296 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3297 S = S->getParent();
3298
3299 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3300 }
3301 UDirs.done();
3302
3303 // Look for visible declarations.
3304 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003305 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003306 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003307 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3308 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003309 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3310 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3311}
3312
3313void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003314 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3315 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003316 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003317 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003318 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003319 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3320 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003321 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003322 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003323 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003324}
3325
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003326/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003327/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3328/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3329/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003330LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003331 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003332 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003333 NamedDecl *Res = 0;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003334
3335 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3336 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3337 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3338 Scope *S = CurScope;
3339 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3340 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3341 }
3342
3343 // Not a GNU local label.
3344 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3345 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3346 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003347 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
3348 Res = 0;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003349 if (Res == 0) {
3350 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003351 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3352 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003353 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3354 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003355 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003356 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3357}
3358
3359//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003360// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003361//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003362
3363namespace {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003364
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00003365typedef SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 1> TypoResultList;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003366typedef llvm::StringMap<TypoResultList, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> TypoResultsMap;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00003367typedef std::map<unsigned, TypoResultsMap> TypoEditDistanceMap;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003368
3369static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3370
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003371class TypoCorrectionConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
3372 /// \brief The name written that is a typo in the source.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003373 StringRef Typo;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003374
3375 /// \brief The results found that have the smallest edit distance
3376 /// found (so far) with the typo name.
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00003377 ///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003378 /// The pointer value being set to the current DeclContext indicates
3379 /// whether there is a keyword with this name.
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003380 TypoEditDistanceMap CorrectionResults;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003381
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003382 Sema &SemaRef;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003383
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003384public:
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003385 explicit TypoCorrectionConsumer(Sema &SemaRef, IdentifierInfo *Typo)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003386 : Typo(Typo->getName()),
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003387 SemaRef(SemaRef) {}
3388
3389 bool includeHiddenDecls() const { return true; }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003390
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003391 virtual void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
3392 bool InBaseClass);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003393 void FoundName(StringRef Name);
3394 void addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003395 void addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL,
3396 bool isKeyword = false);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003397 void addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003398
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003399 typedef TypoResultsMap::iterator result_iterator;
3400 typedef TypoEditDistanceMap::iterator distance_iterator;
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003401 distance_iterator begin() { return CorrectionResults.begin(); }
3402 distance_iterator end() { return CorrectionResults.end(); }
3403 void erase(distance_iterator I) { CorrectionResults.erase(I); }
3404 unsigned size() const { return CorrectionResults.size(); }
3405 bool empty() const { return CorrectionResults.empty(); }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003406
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003407 TypoResultList &operator[](StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003408 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second[Name];
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00003409 }
3410
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003411 unsigned getBestEditDistance(bool Normalized) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003412 if (CorrectionResults.empty())
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003413 return (std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max)();
3414
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003415 unsigned BestED = CorrectionResults.begin()->first;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003416 return Normalized ? TypoCorrection::NormalizeEditDistance(BestED) : BestED;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003417 }
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003418
3419 TypoResultsMap &getBestResults() {
3420 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second;
3421 }
3422
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003423};
3424
3425}
3426
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003427void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003428 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003429 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3430 if (Hiding)
3431 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003432
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003433 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3434 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3435 // etc.).
3436 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3437 if (!Name)
3438 return;
3439
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003440 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3441 // names that exactly match.
3442 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name->getName() != Typo &&
3443 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3444 return;
3445
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003446 FoundName(Name->getName());
3447}
3448
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003449void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003450 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3451 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
3452 addName(Name, NULL);
3453}
3454
3455void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3456 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3457 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
3458 addName(Keyword, NULL, NULL, true);
3459}
3460
3461void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3462 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003463 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3464 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
3465 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)Typo.size());
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00003466 if (MinED && Typo.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003467 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003468
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003469 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3470 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003471 unsigned UpperBound = (Typo.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3472 unsigned ED = Typo.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
3473 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003474
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003475 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003476 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
3477 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003478}
3479
3480void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003481 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003482 TypoResultList &CList =
3483 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003484
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003485 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3486 CList.pop_back();
3487 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3488 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3489 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3490 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3491 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3492 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3493 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3494 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3495 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3496 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3497 *RI = Correction;
3498 return;
3499 }
3500 }
3501 }
3502 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3503 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003504
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003505 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Benjamin Kramer167e9992014-03-02 12:20:24 +00003506 erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003507}
3508
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003509// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3510// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3511// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3512static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3513 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3514 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3515 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3516 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3517 else
3518 Identifiers.clear();
3519
3520 const IdentifierInfo *II = NULL;
3521
3522 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3523 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3524 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3525 break;
3526
3527 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3528 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3529 return;
3530 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3531 break;
3532
3533 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3534 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3535 break;
3536
3537 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3538 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3539 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3540 break;
3541
3542 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3543 return;
3544 }
3545
3546 if (II)
3547 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3548}
3549
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003550namespace {
3551
3552class SpecifierInfo {
3553 public:
3554 DeclContext* DeclCtx;
3555 NestedNameSpecifier* NameSpecifier;
3556 unsigned EditDistance;
3557
3558 SpecifierInfo(DeclContext *Ctx, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, unsigned ED)
3559 : DeclCtx(Ctx), NameSpecifier(NNS), EditDistance(ED) {}
3560};
3561
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003562typedef SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> DeclContextList;
3563typedef SmallVector<SpecifierInfo, 16> SpecifierInfoList;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003564
3565class NamespaceSpecifierSet {
3566 ASTContext &Context;
3567 DeclContextList CurContextChain;
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003568 std::string CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003569 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurContextIdentifiers;
3570 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003571 bool isSorted;
3572
3573 SpecifierInfoList Specifiers;
3574 llvm::SmallSetVector<unsigned, 4> Distances;
3575 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SpecifierInfoList> DistanceMap;
3576
3577 /// \brief Helper for building the list of DeclContexts between the current
3578 /// context and the top of the translation unit
3579 static DeclContextList BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start);
3580
3581 void SortNamespaces();
3582
3583 public:
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003584 NamespaceSpecifierSet(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext,
3585 CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramerde1d6232011-07-05 09:46:31 +00003586 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(BuildContextChain(CurContext)),
Kaelyn Uhrain52dd02d2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003587 isSorted(false) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003588 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3589 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : 0) {
3590 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3591 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3592
3593 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3594 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003595 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
Benjamin Kramer474261a2012-06-02 10:20:41 +00003596 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003597 // context.
3598 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3599 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3600 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3601 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3602 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3603 }
Kaelyn Uhrain52dd02d2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003604
3605 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
3606 Distances.insert(1);
3607 DistanceMap[1].push_back(
3608 SpecifierInfo(cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3609 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1));
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003610 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003611
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003612 /// \brief Add the DeclContext (a namespace or record) to the set, computing
3613 /// the corresponding NestedNameSpecifier and its distance in the process.
3614 void AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003615
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003616 typedef SpecifierInfoList::iterator iterator;
3617 iterator begin() {
3618 if (!isSorted) SortNamespaces();
3619 return Specifiers.begin();
3620 }
3621 iterator end() { return Specifiers.end(); }
3622};
3623
3624}
3625
3626DeclContextList NamespaceSpecifierSet::BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start) {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003627 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003628 DeclContextList Chain;
3629 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != NULL;
3630 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3631 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3632 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3633 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3634 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3635 }
3636 return Chain;
3637}
3638
3639void NamespaceSpecifierSet::SortNamespaces() {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003640 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> sortedDistances;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003641 sortedDistances.append(Distances.begin(), Distances.end());
3642
3643 if (sortedDistances.size() > 1)
3644 std::sort(sortedDistances.begin(), sortedDistances.end());
3645
3646 Specifiers.clear();
Craig Topper2341c0d2013-07-04 03:08:24 +00003647 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator DI = sortedDistances.begin(),
3648 DIEnd = sortedDistances.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003649 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
3650 SpecifierInfoList &SpecList = DistanceMap[*DI];
3651 Specifiers.append(SpecList.begin(), SpecList.end());
3652 }
3653
3654 isSorted = true;
3655}
3656
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003657static unsigned BuildNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context,
3658 DeclContextList &DeclChain,
3659 NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
3660 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3661 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3662 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3663 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3664 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3665 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3666 ++NumSpecifiers;
3667 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3668 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3669 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3670 ++NumSpecifiers;
3671 }
3672 }
3673 return NumSpecifiers;
3674}
3675
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003676void NamespaceSpecifierSet::AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003677 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL;
3678 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3679 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(BuildContextChain(Ctx));
3680 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3681
3682 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3683 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3684 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3685 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3686 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3687 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3688 }
3689
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003690 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
3691 NumSpecifiers = BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
3692
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003693 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3694 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003695 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003696 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003697 NumSpecifiers =
3698 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003699 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3700 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003701 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003702 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3703 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003704 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3705 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003706 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3707 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3708 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3709 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3710 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3711 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3712 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003713 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003714 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3715 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3716 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3717 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3718 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3719 NumSpecifiers =
3720 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003721 }
3722 }
3723
3724 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3725 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3726 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3727 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3728 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3729 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3730 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3731 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
3732 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3733 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
3734 }
3735
3736 isSorted = false;
3737 Distances.insert(NumSpecifiers);
3738 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SpecifierInfo(Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers));
3739}
3740
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003741/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3742static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3743 LookupResult &Res,
3744 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3745 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3746 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3747 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003748 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3749 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003750 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3751 Res.clear();
3752 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003753 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003754 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003755 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003756 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003757 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3758 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3759 Res.resolveKind();
3760 return;
3761 }
3762 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003763
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003764 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3765 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3766 Res.resolveKind();
3767 return;
3768 }
3769 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003770
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003771 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3772 return;
3773 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003774
3775 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003776 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003777
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003778 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3779 // LookupParsedName.
3780 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3781 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003782 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003783 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3784 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003785 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003786 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3787 Res.addDecl(IV);
3788 Res.resolveKind();
3789 }
3790 }
3791 }
3792}
3793
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003794/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3795static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3796 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003797 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3798 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3799 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3800 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
3801 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3802 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
3803 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
3804 return;
3805 }
3806
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003807 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
3808 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003809
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003810 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003811 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003812 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003813 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003814 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003815 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
3816 // storage-specifiers as well
3817 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
3818 };
3819
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003820 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003821 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
3822 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
3823
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003824 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003825 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003826 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003827 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003828 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003829 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
3830
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003831 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003832 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
3833 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
3834 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
3835
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003836 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003837 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
3838 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
3839 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
3840 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
3841 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
3842 }
3843 }
3844
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003845 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003846 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
3847 }
3848
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003849 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003850 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
3851 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
3852 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
3853 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
3854 }
3855
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003856 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003857 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003858 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003859 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
3860 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
3861 }
3862
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003863 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003864 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003865 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
3866 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003867 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003868 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
3869 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
3870
3871 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
3872 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
3873 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
3874
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003875 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003876 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
3877 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
3878 }
3879 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00003880
3881 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
3882 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
3883 // is present.
3884 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
3885 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003886 }
3887
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003888 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003889 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
3890 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003891 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003892 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003893 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003894 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
3895 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
3896
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003897 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003898 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
3899 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
3900 }
3901
3902 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
3903 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
3904
3905 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
3906 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
3907
3908 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
3909 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
3910 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
3911 }
3912 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003913 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003914 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
3915 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3916 }
3917
3918 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
3919 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
3920 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
3921 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
3922 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
3923 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
3924 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
3925 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
3926 }
3927 }
3928
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003929 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003930 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
3931
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003932 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003933 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
3934 }
3935 }
3936}
3937
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003938static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3939 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3940 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3941 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3942}
3943
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003944/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3945/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3946/// a module' correction.
3947static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC,
3948 DeclarationName TypoName) {
3949 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3950 return;
3951
3952 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3953
3954 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3955 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3956 break;
3957 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3958 if (DI == DE)
3959 return;
3960
3961 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3962 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3963
3964 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3965 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3966 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3967 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3968
3969 if (VisibleDecl) {
3970 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3971 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3972 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3973 NewDecls.clear();
3974 }
3975 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3976 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3977 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3978 }
3979
3980 if (NewDecls.empty())
3981 TC = TypoCorrection();
3982 else {
3983 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3984 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3985 }
3986}
3987
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003988/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
3989/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
3990/// present in the source code.
3991///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003992/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
3993/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
3994///
3995/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003996///
3997/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
3998///
3999/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4000/// looking for, if present.
4001///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004002/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4003/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4004/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4005///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004006/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4007/// a member access expression.
4008///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004009/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004010/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4011///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004012/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4013/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4014///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004015/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4016/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4017/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4018/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4019TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4020 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4021 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004022 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004023 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4024 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004025 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4026 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004027 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4028 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4029 if (ExternalSource) {
4030 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
4031 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
4032 return Correction;
4033 }
4034
Richard Smith1fff95c2013-09-12 23:28:08 +00004035 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4036 DisableTypoCorrection)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004037 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004038
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004039 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4040 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4041 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
Alp Tokerbfa39342014-01-14 12:51:41 +00004042 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004043 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4044 return TypoCorrection();
4045
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004046 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004047 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004048 if (!Typo)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004049 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004050
4051 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4052 // typos.
4053 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004054 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004055
4056 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4057 // instantiation.
4058 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004059 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004060
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e56dd42013-03-14 22:56:43 +00004061 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4062 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4063 return TypoCorrection();
4064
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004065 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4066 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4067 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
Aaron Ballman7fc6e1b2013-10-05 19:56:07 +00004068 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004069 return TypoCorrection();
4070
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004071 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4072 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4073 // remove this workaround.
4074 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4075 return TypoCorrection();
4076
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004077 NamespaceSpecifierSet Namespaces(Context, CurContext, SS);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004078
4079 TypoCorrectionConsumer Consumer(*this, Typo);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004080
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004081 // If a callback object considers an empty typo correction candidate to be
4082 // viable, assume it does not do any actual validation of the candidates.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004083 TypoCorrection EmptyCorrection;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004084 bool ValidatingCallback = !isCandidateViable(CCC, EmptyCorrection);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004085
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004086 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004087 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004088 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004089 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004090 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004091
4092 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4093 if (OPT) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004094 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator
4095 I = OPT->qual_begin(), E = OPT->qual_end();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004096 I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004097 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004098 }
4099 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004100 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4101 if (!QualifiedDC)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004102 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004103
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004104 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4105 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4106 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4107 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004108 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004109 ++TyposCorrected;
4110
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004111 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004112 } else {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004113 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
4114 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap::iterator Cached
4115 = UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.find(Typo);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004116 if (Cached != UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
4117 // Add the cached value, unless it's a keyword or fails validation. In the
4118 // keyword case, we'll end up adding the keyword below.
4119 if (Cached->second) {
4120 if (!Cached->second.isKeyword() &&
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004121 isCandidateViable(CCC, Cached->second)) {
4122 // Do not use correction that is unaccessible in the given scope.
Serge Pavlove8ae13f2013-10-15 14:24:32 +00004123 NamedDecl *CorrectionDecl = Cached->second.getCorrectionDecl();
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004124 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(CorrectionDecl->getDeclName(),
4125 CorrectionDecl->getLocation());
4126 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
4127 if (LookupName(R, S))
4128 Consumer.addCorrection(Cached->second);
4129 }
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004130 } else {
4131 // Only honor no-correction cache hits when a callback that will validate
4132 // correction candidates is not being used.
4133 if (!ValidatingCallback)
4134 return TypoCorrection();
4135 }
4136 }
4137 if (Cached == UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004138 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4139 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4140 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4141 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004142 return TypoCorrection();
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004143 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004144 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004145
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004146 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4147 // corrections.
4148 bool SearchNamespaces
Kaelyn Uhrainf4657d52012-04-03 18:20:11 +00004149 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004150 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004151 // In a few cases we *only* want to search for corrections based on just
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004152 // adding or changing the nested name specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004153 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4154 bool AllowOnlyNNSChanges = TypoLen < 3;
4155
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004156 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004157 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4158 // seen in this translation unit.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004159 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004160 for (IdentifierTable::iterator I = Context.Idents.begin(),
4161 IEnd = Context.Idents.end();
4162 I != IEnd; ++I)
4163 Consumer.FoundName(I->getKey());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004164
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004165 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004166 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004167 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4168 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +00004169 OwningPtr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004170 do {
4171 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4172 if (Name.empty())
4173 break;
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004174
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004175 Consumer.FoundName(Name);
4176 } while (true);
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004177 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004178 }
4179
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004180 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, Consumer, S, CCC, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004181
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004182 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004183 if (Consumer.empty())
4184 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4185 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004186
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004187 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4188 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004189 unsigned ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004190 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004191 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4192 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004193
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004194 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4195 // to search those namespaces.
4196 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004197 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4198 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004199 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004200 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4201 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4202 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExternalKnownNamespaces.size(); I != N; ++I)
4203 KnownNamespaces[ExternalKnownNamespaces[I]] = true;
4204 }
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004205
4206 for (llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool>::iterator
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004207 KNI = KnownNamespaces.begin(),
4208 KNIEnd = KnownNamespaces.end();
4209 KNI != KNIEnd; ++KNI)
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004210 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(KNI->first);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004211
Kaelyn Uhrain0e353552014-02-09 21:47:04 +00004212 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
4213 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4214 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : 0) {
4215 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
4216 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
4217 }
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004218 for (ASTContext::type_iterator TI = Context.types_begin(),
4219 TIEnd = Context.types_end();
4220 TI != TIEnd; ++TI) {
4221 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = (*TI)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004222 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004223 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Kaelyn Uhrain21a66172014-02-05 18:57:51 +00004224 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
Kaelyn Uhrain0e353552014-02-09 21:47:04 +00004225 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004226 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
4227 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(CD);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004228 }
4229 }
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004230 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004231
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004232 // Weed out any names that could not be found by name lookup or, if a
4233 // CorrectionCandidateCallback object was provided, failed validation.
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004234 SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 16> QualifiedResults;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004235 LookupResult TmpRes(*this, TypoName, LookupKind);
4236 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
4237 while (!Consumer.empty()) {
4238 TypoCorrectionConsumer::distance_iterator DI = Consumer.begin();
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004239 for (TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator I = DI->second.begin(),
4240 IEnd = DI->second.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004241 I != IEnd; /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004242 // If we only want nested name specifier corrections, ignore potential
4243 // corrections that have a different base identifier from the typo.
4244 if (AllowOnlyNNSChanges &&
4245 I->second.front().getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo) {
4246 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
4247 ++I;
4248 DI->second.erase(Prev);
4249 continue;
4250 }
4251
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004252 // If the item already has been looked up or is a keyword, keep it.
4253 // If a validator callback object was given, drop the correction
4254 // unless it passes validation.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004255 bool Viable = false;
Benjamin Kramera2dcac12012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004256 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = I->second.begin();
4257 RI != I->second.end(); /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004258 TypoResultList::iterator Prev = RI;
4259 ++RI;
4260 if (Prev->isResolved()) {
4261 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, *Prev))
Benjamin Kramera2dcac12012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004262 RI = I->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004263 else
4264 Viable = true;
4265 }
4266 }
4267 if (Viable || I->second.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004268 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004269 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004270 if (!Viable)
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004271 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004272 continue;
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004273 }
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004274 assert(I->second.size() == 1 && "Expected a single unresolved candidate");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004275
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004276 // Perform name lookup on this name.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004277 TypoCorrection &Candidate = I->second.front();
4278 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Uhrain10413a42013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004279 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
4280 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS;
4281retry_lookup:
4282 LookupPotentialTypoResult(*this, TmpRes, Name, S, TempSS,
4283 TempMemberContext, EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004284 CCC.IsObjCIvarLookup,
4285 Name == TypoName.getName() &&
4286 !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004287
4288 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
4289 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4290 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
Kaelyn Uhrain5a43b462011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004291 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Kaelyn Uhrain10413a42013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004292 if (TempSS) {
4293 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4294 TempSS = NULL;
4295 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4296 goto retry_lookup;
4297 }
4298 if (TempMemberContext) {
4299 if (SS && !TempSS)
4300 TempSS = SS;
4301 TempMemberContext = NULL;
4302 goto retry_lookup;
4303 }
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004304 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004305 // We didn't find this name in our scope, or didn't like what we found;
4306 // ignore it.
4307 {
4308 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Next = I;
4309 ++Next;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004310 DI->second.erase(I);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004311 I = Next;
4312 }
4313 break;
4314
4315 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4316 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004317 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004318
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004319 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004320 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004321 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4322 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4323 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
4324 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD)
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004325 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004326 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004327 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4328 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004329 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004330 }
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004331 break;
4332 }
4333
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004334 case LookupResult::Found: {
4335 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004336 Candidate.setCorrectionDecl(TmpRes.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004337 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004338 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4339 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004340 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004341 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004342 break;
4343 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004344
4345 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004346 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004347
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004348 if (DI->second.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004349 Consumer.erase(DI);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004350 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || QualifiedResults.empty() || !DI->first)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004351 // If there are results in the closest possible bucket, stop
4352 break;
4353
4354 // Only perform the qualified lookups for C++
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004355 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004356 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004357 for (SmallVector<TypoCorrection,
4358 16>::iterator QRI = QualifiedResults.begin(),
4359 QRIEnd = QualifiedResults.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004360 QRI != QRIEnd; ++QRI) {
4361 for (NamespaceSpecifierSet::iterator NI = Namespaces.begin(),
4362 NIEnd = Namespaces.end();
4363 NI != NIEnd; ++NI) {
4364 DeclContext *Ctx = NI->DeclCtx;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004365 const Type *NSType = NI->NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4366
4367 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4368 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4369 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4370 // is an appropriate correction.
4371 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl =
4372 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
4373 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4374 continue;
4375 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004376
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004377 TypoCorrection TC(*QRI);
4378 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4379 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NI->NameSpecifier);
4380 TC.setQualifierDistance(NI->EditDistance);
4381 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4382
4383 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4384 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4385 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4386 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4387 if (QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo &&
4388 TmpED && TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4389 continue;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004390
4391 TmpRes.clear();
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004392 TmpRes.setLookupName(QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004393 if (!LookupQualifiedName(TmpRes, Ctx)) continue;
4394
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004395 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4396 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004397 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004398 case LookupResult::Found:
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004399 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004400 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4401 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4402 std::string OldQualified;
4403 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4404 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, getPrintingPolicy());
4405 OldOStream << TypoName;
4406 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4407 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4408 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4409 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4410 break;
4411 }
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004412 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4413 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004414 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4415 if (CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4416 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0,
Eli Friedman3be1a1c2013-10-01 02:44:48 +00004417 TRD.getPair()) == AR_accessible)
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004418 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4419 }
4420 if (TC.isResolved())
4421 Consumer.addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004422 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004423 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004424 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4425 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4426 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
Kaelyn Uhrain5a43b462011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004427 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004428 break;
4429 }
4430 }
4431 }
4432 }
4433
4434 QualifiedResults.clear();
4435 }
4436
4437 // No corrections remain...
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004438 if (Consumer.empty())
4439 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004440
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00004441 TypoResultsMap &BestResults = Consumer.getBestResults();
4442 ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004443
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004444 if (!AllowOnlyNNSChanges && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004445 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4446 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4447 // that no correction was found.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004448 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4449 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004450 }
4451
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004452 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004453 if (BestResults.size() == 1) {
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004454 const TypoResultList &CorrectionList = BestResults.begin()->second;
4455 const TypoCorrection &Result = CorrectionList.front();
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004456 if (CorrectionList.size() != 1)
4457 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004458
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004459 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4460 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004461 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4462 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004463
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004464 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4465 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
4466 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = Result;
4467
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004468 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4469 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004470 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC, TypoName.getName());
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004471 return TC;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004472 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004473 else if (BestResults.size() > 1
4474 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4475 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4476 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4477 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004478 && CCC.WantObjCSuper && !CCC.WantRemainingKeywords
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004479 && BestResults["super"].front().isKeyword()) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004480 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4481 // context.
4482
4483 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4484 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004485 if (ED == 0)
4486 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004487
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004488 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4489 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004490 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = BestResults["super"].front();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004491
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004492 TypoCorrection TC = BestResults["super"].front();
4493 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4494 return TC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004495 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004496
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004497 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did
4498 // not filter out possible corrections, note that no correction was found.
4499 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback)
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004500 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
4501
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004502 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004503}
4504
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004505void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4506 if (!CDecl) return;
4507
4508 if (isKeyword())
4509 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4510
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004511 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004512
4513 if (!CorrectionName)
4514 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4515}
4516
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004517std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4518 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4519 std::string tmpBuffer;
4520 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4521 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004522 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004523 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004524 }
4525
4526 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004527}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004528
4529bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4530 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4531 return true;
4532
4533 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4534 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4535 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4536
4537 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4538 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4539 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4540 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(*CDecl))
4541 return true;
4542 }
4543
4544 return WantTypeSpecifiers;
4545}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004546
4547FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004548 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4549 bool AllowNonStaticMethods)
4550 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
4551 AllowNonStaticMethods(AllowNonStaticMethods),
4552 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext) {
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004553 WantTypeSpecifiers = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4554 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4555}
4556
4557bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4558 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4559 return candidate.isKeyword();
4560
4561 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator DI = candidate.begin(),
4562 DIEnd = candidate.end();
4563 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
4564 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
4565 NamedDecl *ND = (*DI)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4566 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4567 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4568 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4569 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4570 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4571 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4572 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4573 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4574 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4575 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4576 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004577 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004578 return true;
4579 }
4580 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004581
4582 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4583 // the current number of arguments.
4584 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4585 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4586 continue;
4587
4588 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method and non-static
4589 // methods are being excluded, then skip the candidate unless the current
4590 // DeclContext is a method in the same class or a descendent class of the
4591 // candidate's parent class.
4592 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4593 if (!AllowNonStaticMethods && !MD->isStatic()) {
4594 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
4595 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
4596 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : 0;
4597 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4598 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4599 continue;
4600 }
4601 }
4602 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004603 }
4604 return false;
4605}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004606
4607void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4608 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4609 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4610 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4611 ErrorRecovery);
4612}
4613
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004614/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4615/// the given declaration.
4616static const NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(const NamedDecl *D) {
4617 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
4618 return VD->getDefinition();
4619 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4620 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? FD : 0;
4621 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
4622 return TD->getDefinition();
4623 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
4624 return ID->getDefinition();
4625 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
4626 return PD->getDefinition();
4627 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
4628 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
4629 return 0;
4630}
4631
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004632/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4633/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4634///
4635/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4636/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4637/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4638/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4639/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4640/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4641/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4642/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4643/// to it.
4644void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4645 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4646 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4647 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4648 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4649 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4650 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4651 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4652
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004653 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4654 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4655 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4656 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4657
4658 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4659 // possible.
4660 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4661 if (!Def)
4662 Def = Decl;
4663 Module *Owner = Def->getOwningModule();
4664 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4665
4666 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4667 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4668 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4669 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4670
4671 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
4672 if (!isSFINAEContext() && ErrorRecovery)
4673 createImplicitModuleImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4674 Owner);
4675 return;
4676 }
4677
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004678 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4679 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4680
4681 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
4682 Correction.isKeyword() ? 0 : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4683 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4684 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4685 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4686}